Search results

(41 - 49 of 49)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1998
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..........
Show more ..................... - 4 ..................... - 6 Visiting Students ................ 7 Calendar ........................8 About This Catalog.................9 Interim Courses .................. 10 Lifetime Sports ................... 44 UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6 Also On ..................... 33 Other Courses ...................47 Introduction Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Options International Interim-Students are invited to be part of one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division 499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. Interim Calendar 1998 November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration First day of Interim January 5 . . ........................ Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 6 ............Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining grading option with Registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses .............................. Interim ends February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar January 28 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m. Afternoon classes begin following the convocation. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. + For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 330- 1150. Internal & Operational Audit ACC 424-1 Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project and final examination. Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 Life Drawing ART 247-1 Instructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Tribal Arts And Culture ART 290-1 Instructor: Steve Chapman The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 4 Calligraphy I & I1 ART 106-1 ART 306-1 Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper Division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Seeds of Change BIO 145-1 lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines, fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Florida Keys Marine Biology Studies BIO 140-1 BIO 340-1 Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson 1\,1 1; -- The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) a final exam. Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-1 Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Contemporary International Business and Trade Issues BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern Europe on the volume and structure of the international investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral presentation of the research paper and class participation. This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues. Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, kt! Th Room: Old Main 22 The Individual and the Organization BUS 495-0 SPC 495-0 Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be used to help participants better understand themselves and others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students majoring or minoring in business or in communication. Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Chemistry for Changing Times CHM 100-1 lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1 Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-1 Instructor Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 UNIX and C CSC 272-1 Instructor Noel Petit Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-1/373-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated on the basis of a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273, none: lor CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Economic Development EGO 295-A1495-A Instructor: Jeanne Boeh This class will focus on market-driven local development. Topics will include regional growth and development, metropolitan government and finance, economic development strategies and neighborhood development. Prerequisite: ECO 112 or ECO 113 preferred Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Personal Economics EGO 495-1 Instructor: Satya Gupta This course will examine, understand and analyze three aspects of quality life-worldly assets, physical health and the self. Quality life is defined by many people in terms of the amount of money one has. The more money one has, the more command on commodities one can enjoy. We work hard most of our lives to fulfill our dreams of having a large home, fancy car, boat, vacation home, education for our children and enjoyable retirement. We plan a great deal for all these dreams. It is surprising that we plan 30 or 40 years from now. It is also true that at some point in life one asks oneself "Who am I really?" and "What am I here for?" In this third component of the course we shall critically reflect on our values, ethics and self-understanding. Knowledge of the self leads us to a higher plane of thinking and behaving. Thus, we shall try to construct a well-balanced portfolio of quality life. Students will find the course very interesting, thought provoking and challenging. Grades will be based on three quizzes, one paper and discussions in class. Prerequisile: S O 112 or 113 or consenl of instructor: Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Media Technolo y (0.5 course cre at) 8 EDU 34 1-1 Instructor Linda Dyer Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in the course. Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations, EDU 388-1 Prerequisites: PPST and admission lo Teacher Education Program Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 International Education EDU 353-1 lnstructoc Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 Human Relations (0.5 course credit) EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers and women. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms that will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. Note: This course can be taken along with Media Technology, EDU 341 -1. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Topics: Theatrical Performance in the Twin Cities: Exploring Live Theater ENG 282-1/482-1 Instructor Ronald Palosaari The Twin Cities are widely known as a center for good live drama. This course will study the variety and the quality of live theater in the Twin Cities. We will attend at least a dozen plays and a few films based on plays. Student who take this course must be free evenings and weekends to attend performances. Class discussion will be on the plays we have seen and on the art of drama. The grade will be based on the course journal. Regular class attendance is required. Students registering for ENG 482 will have an additional paper to write and a class presentation. Prerequisile: for ENG 282, ENG 111: for ENG 482, ENG 111 and a theater or lilerature course Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Topics: Writing About the Arts in the Twin Cities ENG 282-U482-Z Instructor: Bob Cowgill This course is predicated on the assumption that immersion in all the arts benefits a writer's investigation of any specific art; or, in other words, that before you become a specialist, it helps to become a passionate generalist. The class will balance two related goals: first, to experience and talk about as many contemporary Twin Cities cultural happenings as is practicable (we will search out and encounter the most exciting, controversial and significant programs in theater, dance, gallery exhibition, music and film); second, to examine critical methods of observation and reception of art and consider ways in which writers can enhance the public's understanding and interaction with artistic culture. Students will keep a critic's journal, write four short papers and take a final exam. Students registering under English 482 will have to develop a 10 page critical project in conjunction with one art event that occurs during the course's span. To register, students must have successfully completed English 111, must have the willingness, the money and the time to attend events and to transport themselves to various cultural locations throughout the Twin Cities. Prerequisile: ENG 1 1 1 Graduation Skill Requirement Writing Maximum Enrollment: 2 2 Time: I Room: Music 23 Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For Upper Division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: for 482-F) Intro. to Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Beginning German I GER 111-1 Instructor: John Van CIeve As long as you have to take a foreign language, why not take the one with the most native speakers in the European Economic Community? It's the language of Europe's strongest national economy. It's also the language of Albert Einstein, Werner Heisenberg and Wernher von Braun. The language of Martin Luther, Karl Marx and Friedrich Nietzsche. Of Bach, Beethoven and Mozart. Start German during Interim and by the end of January, you'll be on your way to reading and speaking the language of a nation that has played a dominant role in Western civilization. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M lnstructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - T; Th, & alternate F (1/6, 118, 1/9, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym - north court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. Maximum Enrollmenl: 12 Time: I - 6 Th, & alternale F (1/6, 1/8, 119, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27) Room: Melby Gym -north court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-1 Instructor Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Prerequisites: 810 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollmenl: 24 Time: I - M, Wandalternate F ( M , 1/7, 1/12, 1/14, 1/16, 1/19, 1/21, 1/26, 1/28) Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education (0.5 course credit) HPE 390-1 lnstructoc Patty Murphy Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education grades K- 12. Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation: development of materials included. Prerequisites:HPE 101, 110 and 320 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1 - M, kt! & F Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January 1998) HPE 455-1 Instructor Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing).The student will live aboard a 43'- 46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may M picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites:Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifelime Sport; also one course credit Upper Division Maximum Enrolimenl: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) Topics in U.S. World History: History by HoIIAyood HIS 195-1 lnstmtoc Rick Nelson \ L \ ~ \ & , ,L~ How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased? Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of historical characters, events and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students. Others may enroll with permission. Prerequisile: One history course or consent of instructor Maxlmum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Lindell16 I . ' , .W .I Science and Religion HON 401-1 lnstructor: Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the twentieth century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among lectures, discussions, small group tutorials and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One CF course, one NW course, and junior or senior standing Liberal Atis Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Literacy in the City: Service-Learning Externship INS 298-1 lnstructor: Garry Hesser The course, taught by the Experiential Education staff, will explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films and reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals and make a final group presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Paideia Seminars INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluations as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 Topics: An introduction to Law School INS 210-1 lnstructoc William 0.Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Introduction to Islam INS 225-1 Instructor Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Inlercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Universals of Language LIN 290-1 Instructor: John Schmit Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Math of Interest MAT 173-1 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 or IV or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 212 Topics/Discrete Mathematics MAT 481-1 Instructor: Su Doree Explore the discrete side of mathematics as we consider questions such as ....How many phone numbers start with the 612 area code? What's the shortest route between two cities using scheduled flights? The term "discrete" refers to separate, distinct objects such as the whole numbers. Kenneth Rosen, a mathematician at Bell Labs, in the introduction to his text Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, explains that ... discrete mathematics is used whenever objects are counted, when relationships between finite sets are studied and when processes involving a finite number of steps are analyzed. A key reason for the growth in the importance of discrete mathematics is that information is stored and manipulated by computing machines in a discrete fashion. The course is a rigorous introduction to discrete mathematics including topics such as sets, logic,,functions, recursions, combinatorics, elementary probability theory and graph theory (as in networks). Algorithmic thinking and mathematical reasoning is emphasized throughout the course. This course will be a useful and interesting complement to calculus and continuous mathematics. The course is intended for students pursuing a mathematics major or a computer science major with a mathematics minor. Students are expected to be at least a little familiar with theoretical mathematics and proof. No specific computer experience is expected. Evaluation is based on three examinations and a small portfolio of homework problems. Please contact Su Dorke for further information. Prerequisite: MAT 245 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-1 lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prerequisites: MIS 175 or CSC 170 or consent of the insf~ctor,Math Placement Group 111 Maximum Enrollment 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindell 16 Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-1 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Kagin I1 -e Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this Interim course must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 15. For more information you may call Roberta Kagin at 330- 1273. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 195 1 197 1 - MUS 204-1 Instructor 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Seminar: Printing Music at the Computer MUS 295-1 lnstructoc Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program Finale will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I (M, W 10-12:OO; b Th 8-1 1:30; F8-1l:OO) Room: Music Library (first floor Music Bldg.) Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre MUS 295- TnHR 295-T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica (UMAIE Course) MUS 295-H Instructor Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean music, where composition, recording and world distribution takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel and Kingston. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal and a final project with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just music majors. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 15 Beginning Norwegian I NOR 111-1 Instructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Philosophy of the Emotions and Passion PHI 215-1 lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion with the intentions of discovering the nature of the role of this aspect of human nature in the life of a human being. Students will read, discuss and then write about various aspects and problems concerned with human emotional life. We shall explore the impact of emotions upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations and even religion. The goal is to provide students with an occasion to think deeply about this aspect of their humanity. Evaluation will be by written reports on assigned material and a mid-term and final essay examination. Liberal Arts Perspective; Human ldenlily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy and the Arts PHI 260-1 Instructor David Apolloni We will discuss the nature of art, artistic expression, aesthetic experience, as well as questions peculiar to the individual arts. Does the literary artwork exist independently of its author's intention? Does music have meaning? What is the relationship between theater and film? Students will be evaluated on the basis of weekly quizzes, group work, short written assignments and possibly a project (extra credit) on the Internet. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aeslhetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 18 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-1 Instructor: Jeffrey Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisile: Math Placement Group 111 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 Social Justice in America POL 140-1 lnstructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The Cily Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 24 Gender, Race and Class in the Mass Media POL 295-1 Instructor: Susan Riley How do the mass media intersect with American ideals and stereotypes in regard to gender, race and class? This course will explore the images, underlying values and assumptions, and the impact of U.S. media practices and patterns in rela- tion to sex and gender, race and ethnicity, and social and economic class status. How are women, racial and ethnic minorities, and working class people portrayed in the mass media in TV dramas and sitcoms, music videos, children's programming, the news, advertising, movies and talk radio? At the heart of the course will be case studies designed and conducted by the students (individually or in groups) which explore in detail some aspect of gender, race and class in the mass media. Students will present their case study results in a written paper and in a brief oral report to the class. Additional course requirements include active class participation and a midterm examination. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Science 205 w Theology of Death and Dying REL 490-1 Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Culture, Family, Sex and Status: The New Testament Social World REL 330-1 Instructor: Philip A. Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-1 Instructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: what does it mean to be a Lutheran today and how might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Chrislian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-1 lnstructoc Janelle Bussert 11 A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 or 331 Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I/ Room: Science 112 Sociological Studies of Childhood SOC 232-1 lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options. Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Spanish and Latin-American Culture Through Film SPA 248-1 lnstructoc Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-America societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief reading and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation, brief weekly written assignments and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercullural Awareness I Maximum Enmllment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cily Maximum Enmllment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (full course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, 2) attendancelparticipation and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime) Room: Foss 21 Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies WST 205-1/405-1 Instructors: Doug Green and Beverly Stratton This course will be offered at both the 200- and the 400-level. Both levels of the course are designed to introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture: sexual identity, life experiences of gayllesbianlbisexualltransgender(GLBT) persons, homophobia, heterosexism, etc. In addition, we will explore some GLBT literature, film andlor theater, history, religionlspirituality and theory. The course will include guest speakers and a servicelearning component at local GLBTIsupporting agencies. Some travel and experiences in the city, including an immersion event outside of class time, are expected. There will be a fee of up to $50, depending on the size of the class, to cover the cost of the immersion experience; some speakers' fees; and other expenses. Both the upper- and lower-level versions of the course meet the Human Identity or Intercultural Awareness I perspectives as well as Women's Studies credit. The upperlevel course requires that students act as discussion leaders, do some additional readings that lead to presentations and a projectlpaper in an area of GLBT studies of interest to them, and meet separately with instructors for some additional discussion. 205 evaluation: PIN grading only-attendancelparticipation, journal. 405 evaluation: traditional or PlN-attendancelparticipation, journal, presentations, projectlpaper. Prerequisites: lor 205, none; lor 405, WST 201 or permission of inslructors Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity or Inlercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Pickleball HPE 002-P lnstructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifetime Sporf Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# Mi Th, F Room: Melby Gym-norfh/south courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F lnstructor: Carol Enke Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifelime Sporf Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# M! Th, F Room: Air Slructure Lifetime Sport: Badminton HPE 002-8 Instructor Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: 11:OO- 12:OO M, I; W Th, F Room: Melby Gym-nodhhouth couiis Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-6 lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod Maxlmum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:OO-2:OO M, T; W Th, F Room: Air Structure UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454 (330-1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 20 1-1 Art and Music in the Capitals of Europe Britain and Ireland: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites Egypt in Transition English School and Family Europe and the Rise of Modern Science The European Economic Union Explore Peru's Past and Present From Auschwitz to Jerusalem The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings History of Caribbean Music Hope and Glory: Christianity in England, France and Germany Malta: Knights and Crusaders Many Faces of Japan New Zealand: Natural History and Development Paris, Florence, Rome: Art and Aesthetics Peopling Paradise: Migrants, Missionaries and Money in Hawaii Roman Italy: City, Town and Country Life Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs Serving Special Needs: A British Perspective Theater in Britain Ireland: Understanding Christian Celtic Spirituality Other Interim Abroad Courses: Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland (ACTC Program) Sounds and Sights of Europe (Augsburg Program) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 1998 Academic Seminars Leadership 2000: A Global Perspective on the Environment January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-A Women as Leaders January 4- 16, 1998 POL 398-8 Inside Washington: Politics and the Media January 18-23, 1998 POL 3984 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (January 4-23) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 1 1 l A or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1997
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES A...
Show more ...................4 INTRODUCTION ......................6 VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CALENDAR....................... 8 OPTIONS ..............9 ...............- 1 0 .................45 ................ 46 .....................33 ..................46 OTHER COURSES ABOUT THISCATALOG INTERIM COURSES LIFETIME SPORTS UMAlE COURSES ALSO O N Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. It is expected that students will attend every class period; however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for hislher course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts Perspective requirements is required to complete two Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count toward graduation. For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter Trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Registrar's Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Residence Life Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses. INTERIM CALENDAR 1997 November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration January 6 ,.,. ......... dJar,rIY,Yd++,+ ............First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends ..................................Spring Semester Begins Interim Grades Due to Registrar February 7 .................... February 3 The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at 330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024. ACC 424-1 lnstructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 LIFE DRAWING ART 247-1 lnstructor: Norm Holen A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS ART 382-1 Instructor: Kristin Anderson Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This course will be taught in English. The course will be held at Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of 25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy, about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is $2,495 (includes airfare, room and board). Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollmenl: 15 BIO 145-1 Instructor Bill Capman We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history and classification of several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 RESPONDING TO THE CHALLENGE OF JAPAN BUS 368-1 Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-1 Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The transition from centrally-planned economies to market systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe represents one of the most important changes of the post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for global trade and international business and certainly for U.S. bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 112 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I - M, W Th Room: Memorial 323 CHM 100-1 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enroilment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-1 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 1 CSC 495-1 Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center PO ECO 110-1 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS major and does not apply toward an economics minor. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enmllment 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI DISCOVERY LEARN~NGIN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN (0.5 CREDIT) EDE 375-1 Instructor: Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. *Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan Relations, EDU 388-1. Prerequisite: PPST Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDS 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual. This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will study learning development, brainlmind function, and the nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two tests and two demonstrations required of each student, and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers and parents. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION EDU 353-1 Instructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students are especially welcome to enroll. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-1 lnstructoc Joseph Erickson l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci, limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms, which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis. "Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1. Prerequisite: Open to all Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDU 491-1 lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member) Time: l Room: Library 4 EDUCATION TOPICS: CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN POETRY ENG 282-P/482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Time: I Room: Old Main 16 TOPICS: THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS ENG 2824 I'nstructor: Joan Griffin The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This course explores these themes in (mostly modern American) essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will include a service project and field trips in which we will explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion. Preference given to freshmen. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 ENG 282-W/482-W Instructor: Robert Cowgill This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal 1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his work. Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal, two short papers and a final video project are required. ' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long research paper as well. Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 QUANTITATIVE JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED REPORTINGAND RESEARCH ENG 347-1 Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning Maximum Enrollment: 11 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 FRE 11 1-1 Instructor: Francoise duRivage This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 GER 111-1 lnstructor: John Van Cleve The course is for those poor souls who have never studied German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak, understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the European Economic Community's most-spoken language, supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam. liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enmllment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 21 LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS ~NTRODUCT~ON TO FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1 lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be in English. Students may register under their particular majorlminor language. Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1 Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 I HPE 114-1 lnstructoc A1 Kloppen Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enmllmenl: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 DANCE (MEN ONLY) (0.5 CREDIT) HPE 232-M lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - norlh court H PE 232- W Instructor Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby Gym - north courl HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION I HPE 250-1 Instructor: Staff Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies that promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 101 HPE 320-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM (0.5 COURSE) OF HPE 410-1 Instructor: Patty Murphy Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202 (January 6 - 21, 1997) HPE 455-1 lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) HPE 475-1 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350 Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 119 HPE 477-1 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28) Room: Melby 202; Gym HPE 483-1 Instructor: Marilyn Florian Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29) Room: Melby 202; Gym ~OTH-CENTURY SOUTH ASIA HIS 162-//HIS 462-1 lnstructor: Don Gustafson This interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA HIS 331-1 Instructor: Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term and a final. Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HON 213-1 Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore the history of western economic thought and how these writings affected the development of various economic systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez- faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force. Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a take-home final. Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY CREATIVITY AND HUN 401-I/HON 401-R Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments, especially the new integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for understanding relations between the two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper will be required. Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section Time: I Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20 HONORS I INS 120-1 Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS: LEARNING TOGETHER FROM WORKAND SERVICE I N THE CITY INS 199/399-1 Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference? In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood non-profit internship site working on a special project with three or four other students. Your internship team will have hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban communities and organizations. Students will complete short seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only Liberal Arls Perspective: City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 111 INS 210-1 Instructor: William D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 INS 21 1-1 Instructor: Sandra Olmsted Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM INS 225-1 lnstructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 AMERICAN INDIANS IN THE CINEMA INS 264-1 Instructor: Eric Buffalohead Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1 Time: 6-10 p.m. Room: Old Main 16 FINITE MATH MAT 121-1 lnstructor: Su Doree What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and small group "hands-on" activities. I Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets, a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers. There will not be any quizzes or exams. This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning course. Prerequisite: Math 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 212 MAT 281/481-I Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400 level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor. Prerequisite: See course description Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 112 MATHEMATICS SOUNDS AND SIGHTS (UMAI E COURSE) OF EUROPE MUS 179-1 lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler 4 Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 330-1273. Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics Maximum Enrollmenl: 32 SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE, 1951-1971 MUS 204-1 Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2 Maximum Enrollmenl: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC AT THE COMPUTER MUS 295-1 Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO) Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.) MUS 295- TflHR 295-T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per- formance techniques from music and theatre to help students gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre. Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium PHI 231-1 Instructor: David Apolloni Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty. Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN ~NTRODUC~~ON TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY PHY 337-1 Instructor Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two examinations. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-1 Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the instructor. Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 POL 295-//POL 495-1 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process. This course will explore these changes and provide deeper background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict. Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation process. We will consider the potential for geo-political expansion of the conflict into nearby regions. Students will present two small oral presentations and one major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length films from Middle East film producers will complement course readings and lectures. Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 PSY 105-1 lnstructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports. Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW PSY 335-1 lnstructor: Nancy Steblay The course will address psychological issues in law, with specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests, written work and classroom participation. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 PSY 370-1 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS: THENEW TESTAMENT SOCIAL WORLD REL 330-1 Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class presentationlparticipation and a research paper. Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 CHRISTIANVIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING REL 341-1 lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one test. Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 THEOLOGY OF MARRIAGE REL 343-1 lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 REL 345-1 lnstructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today? How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 213 PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIAN FAITH REL 385-1 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual- ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 SWK 257-1 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximlim Enrollment: 60 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 111 S WK 466-l(ful1 course) SWK 466-H (0.5 course) lnstructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120 hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisile: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room size) Room: Old Main 11 HUMAN COMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS SOC 21 1-1 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City Maximum Enrollmenl: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 21 THR 295-T/MUS 295- T Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson See course information listed under MUS 295-T. MOVEMENT FOR THEATRE THR 226-1 Instructor: Staff In this course students will explore the principles and styles of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance warm-up each session. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Theatre- south court The following activities are available to students during Interim and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC DANCE HPE 002-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 45 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - center court LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL HPE 002-P Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE FRISBEE HPE 002-F Instructor Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F Room: Air Structure UMAI E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. SPP 201-1 Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand) AustraliaS Business Climate Caring for Others: The Swedish Model Drawing a Literary Map of Norway The English School and Family Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in Germany Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire The Trojan War: Myth and Legend These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. UMAI E THEWASHINGTON CENTER1997 Academic Seminars LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-A WOMENAs LEADERS (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY 10,1997) POL 398-8 THE~NDEPENDENT SECTOR: ISSUES AND CAUSES (DECEMBER 30-JANUARY10,1997) POL 3984 CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION (JANUARY 14-20,1997) POL 398-0 The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week, one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1996
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INTRODUCTION ....................2 OPTIONS ...................... 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ABOUT THISCATALOGUE .............7 ..................8 INTERIM COURSES VISITING STUDENTS ..... ..... ....... i46 LIFETIME SPORTS w UMA...
Show more INTRODUCTION ....................2 OPTIONS ...................... 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ABOUT THISCATALOGUE .............7 ..................8 INTERIM COURSES VISITING STUDENTS ..... ..... ....... i46 LIFETIME SPORTS w UMAl E COURSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 ALSOON . . . . . . . .17.29.32.40. 44 OTHER COURSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, a student under the 34-course Liberal Arts Perspective requirements is required to complete two Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count toward graduation. INTRODUCTION For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than fulltime they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,350.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter Trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 8. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directed/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. 1 NTRODUCTION Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses . Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,350 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299, or 499 courses. Nov 13 to Dec 5 ........................Interim Registration Jan 3 ............................................First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only) Time 11-1:00 p.m. Jan 4 .......................................Last Day to register or Cancel/Add a class Jan 12...................................... Last Day to Determine Grading System with Registrar Jan 12................Last Day to Withdraw from Courses Jan 26 ...................................................... Interim Ends Jan 30 .................................... Spring Semester Begins Feb 2 ......................Interim Grades Due to Registrar The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged on the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025 ACC 424-A Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing & MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 ART 247-A Instructor: Lynn Bollman This course is designed for students with an interest in drawing the human figure. In addition to drawing from nude models, students will pursue a general study of human anatomy (as it relates to art), and will become more knowledgeable about the use of the nude as a subject in art. Students will use various drawing media, will study a variety of drawing approaches, and will apply general design concepts to their figure drawings. A fee of $35 will need to be paid to the instructor on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 ART 360-A Instructor: Philip Thompson Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Requirements include a minimum of 20 watercolor projects plus an active and developing sketch book. Evaluation will be based on quality of work, progress over time, and participation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 610 145-A Instructor: Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history, and classificationof several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 910 140-A 910 340-A Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and subtropical communities. This class will spend about 2 1/2 weeks in Florida based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the Institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunity to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, 4) Final exam. Prerequisites for 810 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents . BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or by permlsslon 01 lnslruclor. BIO 340: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, (4) Written report of the research project, (5) Final exam. Prerequisites for BIO 340: BIO 351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or BIO 481 (Ecology), or by permlsslon 01 inslruclor. Estimated cost of the course: $1500 plus air fare (includes all ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the Institute). Contact instructors for details. Prerequisites: See above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 225 BUS 295-A Instructor: John C. Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various asp~*cts small business management and will he r ~ r l u i ~ . rlod ptnrparea business plan for a "model" business. Thtl s turjcnt will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performance on small business case studies. Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 101 BUS 495-A Instructor: Thomas Morgan Can organizations learn? If so, how and what should organizations learn? How can we as members of organizations help 'teach' them what they need to learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will dcvclop and rvfinc "systcms thinking" skills and learn hclw lo apply tliem lo tqca1slrategic situations. Alteri~ativcyc~.spcctivcson thc 1iat111-e and function of organizations in theory and in practice will be explored through reading, seminar discussions and field trips to local organizations. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a 'hands on' project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short critical essays and a group project presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 113, or permission of instructor Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: /I Room: Foss 21 CHEMISTRYFOR CHANGINGTIMES CHM 100-A Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering, and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 315 1 NTRODUCT~ONTOCOMPUTINGAND COMMUNICATIONS CSC 160-A Instructor: Larry Ragland Use of the computer as an information accessing tool through e-mail, Internet, newsgroups, and remote access to the library; an introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. Grading is based on homework and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 CSC 272-A Instructor: Charles Sheaffer Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 ECO 110-A Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS major. Does not apply towards an economics minor. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 29 EGO 113-A Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Weekly tests. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Music 22 DISCOVERY LEARNING IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN (0.5 CREDIT) EDE 375-A Instructor: Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. *Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations, EDU 388-A. Prerequisite: PPST Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 EDS 495-A Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities and weak short term memory than ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy learner, but most often, no one has shown us how to be our own life-long learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neurophysiology has given us a whole new set of insights about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual. This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand her/his own unique learning needs and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will study learning development, braidmind function, and the nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two tests and two demonstrations required of each student, and upper division students will have to do two reviews of relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers and parents. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 112 EDU 353-A Instructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A Instructor: Joseph Erickson This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a P/N basis. *Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-A. Prerequisite: None- Open to all Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 1 PRACTICUMAND SEMINAR SPECIAL EDUCATION IN EDU 491-A Instructor: Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement in a school focusing on how children with disabilities are included into the classroom, plus on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of field-work as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: Completion of courses for special education mino< or consent of instructos Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Libraty 17 THEATRE IN AND AROUND LONDON (UMAI E COURSE) ENG 269-A Instructors: Ron Palosaari/Douglas Green A A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractions of London and surrounding areas including Stratford and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participation in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Fee: $2,595 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances, and four group dinners. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 ARCHAEOLOGY, MYTHOLOGY, AND THIEVERY: EXCAVATING THE MEMORY OF THE MUSE ENG 362-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish The ACTC writing workshop is an advanced-level creative writing course, open to three students from each of the five ACTC colleges and held this year at Augsburg College. This year's course is designed to encourage student writers to use memories of the past as they create their own new work. Writers will dig for details of the past in urban ruins of old neighborhoods, sifting through social history found in button jars and stacks of 78 RPM records in antique stores; they will harvest myth from diverse cultures; collect stories from elders living in Minneapolis today; and investigate cemeteries, churches, and even an occasional museum. Student writers must have successfully completed at least one creative writing course and must have the recommendation of a creative writing instructor at their home campus, but they may choose to work in poetry, fiction, literary nonfiction or to cross over among the three during this interim workshop. Meeting times will include: (1)expeditions into the city in search of the past; (2) group sessions to talk about the old stories gathered; (3) group sessions to discuss new work created during the Interim and to sort through layers of past deposited in the new work: (4) individual conferences and/or small workshop sessions. Prerequisite: At least one creative writing course and written recommendation of ACTC home campus creative writing instructor: Maximum Enrollment: 3 students from each ACTC college Time: I1 Room: Science 319 ENG 482-A Instructor: Joan Griffin Paradise Lost has been called "the story of all things." Above all the poem is about relationships: Between women and men; humans and the environment; Christianity and pagan tradition; justice and mercy; service and servitude; rebellion and freedom, to name a few. Although this course will survey Milton's major works, it will emphasize his greatest poem. Evaluation: papers, microthemes and class presentations. Prerequisite: ENG 245 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 FRE 111-A Instructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Ire sues a rA IPC ues, This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 202 prac Gerr n sin partic ire gi HPE 390-A Instructor: Patty Murphy Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education grades K-12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and development of materials included. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 121 - (MWF) HPE 410-A Instructor: Patty Murphy Historical background, legal basis, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 121 - (TTH) rrati song: g of t ntext nd/o t corn ns of :ially ir str esthe chan td sot itand HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition to receive academic credit. P/N ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (612) 330-1247; basic swimming skills Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Spoh also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) HPE 475-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Melby 119 (MNand alternate Fridays1/22, 1124- 9 meetings) 1/3, 1/5, 1/8, 1/10, 1/15, 1/17, 1/19, HPE 481-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: Federation Rules (high school), mechanics of two person officiating, and procedures and steps of beginning an officiating career. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of officiating basketball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 (TTh and alternate Fridays1/23, 1/25) 114. 115. 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/19, HIS 162-A HIS 462-A Instructor: Don Gustafson This interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impacts that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya which has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christ-likeness of a Gandhi and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one prior college history class, will complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and will be tested apart from lower division students. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 HIS 440-A Instructor: Staff This course is intended for History majors and others who have an interest in upper division history. Please see Richard Nelson, Department Chair, for actual topic and other particulars. Prerequisite: One college level history course. Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 205 HON 213-A Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline deVries Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore the history of western economic thought and how these writings affected the development of various economic systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez-faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues of child labor, poverty, and women's role in the workforce. Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion, and writing assignments including a short term paper and a take-home final. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 213 SCIENCE AND RELIGION: COMPLEXITYAND CREATIVITY HON 401-A Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments, especially in chaos and complexity theory, as they relate to the doctrine of divine creativity and philosophical naturalism. The goal will be to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for interpreting relations between the two areas. In addition to taking two tests, students will be required to make a class presentation, conduct the discussion, and to write a significant research paper. Prerequisite: Participant in Honors prooram Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 INS 120-A Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and will lead seminars. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 INS 225-A Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation - two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 212 +- ECUADOR:GALAPAGOS, RAINFOREST HIGHLANDS A JOURNEY IN HOLISTIC HEALTH 6( ECOLOGY AND - (UMAI E COURSE) INS 3 15-A Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito. Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who live there. Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical analysis related to course content, a reflection essay paper, attendance, and group participation. The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners, Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as indicated. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155. Prerequisite: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 MAT 173-A Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to save now to be a millionaire when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a portfolio of five realistic problems that have been worked out and explained, and a midterm and final examination. Prerequisite: Math placement group 3 or higher Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 MAT 251-A Instructor: Larry Copes This course is a study of Book 1 of Euclid's Elements, which is sometimes cited as the most-frequently published book ever other than the Bible. Book 1 of the Elements ends with the Pythagorean Theorem, Proposition 47. We'll first work backward from that theorem, considering propositions Euclid cites in proving it (46,41, and 4), and then the propositions he cites in proving those propositions, and so on, gaining familiarity with about 30 major propositions but especially 34,4, and 3, the ones most used. We'll consider other logically-sound ways of arranging these propositions and think about the aesthetic reasons Euclid made his arrangement. After getting to Proposition 1, we'll consider the common notions, definitions, and postulates, learn about how attempts to prove Euclid's fifth postulate led to non-Euclidean geometry in the nineteenth century, and see more logically rigorous geometric axiom systems of the twentieth century. Then we'll read the book forward, seeing how the other propositions fit in and seeing how they lend insight into Euclid's aesthetic choices. Prerequisite: MAT 145,AUGMENT (Calculus I) Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 213 MAT 481-A Instructor: Steve Zheng "During World War 11, British military leaders asked scientists and engineers to analyze several military problems: the deployment of radar and the management of convoy, bombing, antisubmarine, and mining operations. The application of mathematics and the scientific method to military operations was called operations research. Today, the term Operations Research (or often, management science) means a scientific approach to decision making, which seeks to determine how best to design and operate system, usually under conditions requiring the allocation of scarce resources." - Wayne L. Winston The main objectives of this course are the discussion of several mathematical models used in operations research (OR) and the use of mathematics and the existing computer packages (such as LINDO) in solving real-life problems in OR. Students in applied mathematics, economics, business and any management-related area are encouraged to take this course. The evaluation is based on homework assignments, two tests and one final project. Prerequisite: MAT 245,Calculus 111 and Linear Algebra, or equivalent, or consent of instructors Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 1I2 MUS 179-A Instructor: Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as Munich, Prague, Vienna, and Budapest. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great Central and Eastern European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all courserelated group activities, a daily professional journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a P/N basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 3301273. Liberal Arfs Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 TOPIC:HISTORY OF CARIBBEAN MUSIC STUDIED IN MIAMI AND JAMAICA MUS 295-A Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean music where composition, recording, and world distribution takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed, and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami; and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel, and Kingston. This course will be done in conjunction with the Center for Global Education. Cost is $2,795 from Minneapolis/St. Paul, which includes all travel, accommodations, meals and tuition for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Evaluation: Two tests will be given on readings and lectures. Grading: 20% of the final grade will be based on participation in discussions, 4O0/0 on the two tests, and 40% on final project. Maximum Enrollment: 20 MUS 394-A Instructor: Sonja Thompson Opera Workshop is a course designed to give singeractors an opportunity to perform staged scenes from various music-theater genres, with piano accompaniment. It expands upon existing opportunities for singers (i.e., choir, chamber music, recitals) by including dramatic training, and addresses the unique combination of singing plus acting. It is also suitable for theater students who are interested in increasing their musical skills, and for student pianists who wish to gain experience working with singers and/or the music-theater genre. Students will be auditioned by the instructor, then assigned to appropriate ensembles from opera, musical theater, operetta and new music-theater. Sources will include as wide a variety as possible in terms of musical style, ensemble size, genres. The course will culminate with a public performance in Sateren Auditorium at the end of Interim. Students will be evaluated in areas of attendance, effort, participation, and attitude. Activities will include both group and one-on-one instruction in the following areas: Body/voice warmups; lecture/class discussion on topics of interest (i.e., vocal technique, acting technique, stage fright, auditions, etc.;) rehearsals and individual coachings; visit to rehearsal of local opera company, if possible; mock auditions; staged and costumed performance of scenes studied. Prerequisite: Audition by Instructor Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: /I Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 11I-A Instructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 5 PHI 231-A Instructor David Apolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrongdoer to be happy; that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Weslern Herilage Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Music 2 3 TOPIC: MEISTER ECKHART: MYSTIC AND PHILOSOPHER PHI 295-A lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer An in-depth study of the mystical and philosophical writings of the medieval mystic, Meister Eckhart. We will carefully define mysticism and categorize its different types. Eckhart's mystical writings will be studied and an attempt to relate his doctrine to his philosophical views on God, the soul, and the world. Students will keep a journal and present papers on selections from Eckhart's writings. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or permission of professor, ENG 11 1 Graduation Level Skill: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 POL 295-A lnstructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Middle East conflicts and negotiation processes have remained in the news for decades. To understand the issues and political factors operating in the area we will examine Palestinian-Israeli relations within a regional framework, reviewing how conflict escalated from communal tensions to regional and international war. Lectures and readings will highlight historical developments and describe how secret bilateral negotiations and formal international agreements have been achieved. Students will consider future prospects for regional peace, emphasizing Israeli relations with Syria and Lebanon, militant Islamic groups in the region and tensions in the Persian Gulf. Readings from texts and recent articles as well as films from Middle Eastern film-makers will form the basis for class discussions. This course fulfills the speaking component of the graduation skills requirement. Students will present two short discussions and one 15-minute oral critique. Prerequisite: One course in political science or international relations Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 TOPICS:THETRANSFORMATION OF POLITICALSYSTEMS IN CENTRALAND EASTERN EUROPE POL 495-A Instructor: J. Agnieszka Rybczynska The course will consider developments in Eastern and East Central Europe since the Fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989. Its focus is on the transformation of political systems in the Czech and Slovak Republics, Hungary and Poland, with some attention to other countries in Eastern Europe. The course will discuss the theoretical aspects of system transformation and the causes and consequences of the events of the 1989 revolutions in East Central Europe. Special attention will be paid to democratization, constitutional processes, institution building, and the development of civil society after the break-up of communism. These developments will be treated in historical, geopolitical, and ethno-cultural context. The course will include lecture and discussion. Requirements: a short discussion paper, class participation, and a 10-15 page research paper. Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: % t h m ~ W ? mus/.c 2 4 PSY 105-A Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation: Tests and reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 PSY 340-A Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self ." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discus- sions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and four or five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisite: PSY 102 or 105 Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral Development" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisite: PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 MYSTICS, MONKS, AND MENTORS: EXPLORING CHRISTIANSPIRITUALITIES I N IRELAND AND BRITAIN (UMAI E COURSE) REL 230-A Instructor: Brad Holt Explore ancient and recent spiritualities, especially Celtic and monastic types, along with Julian of Norwich, John Wesley, C.S. Lewis and Evelyn Underhill. Course requirements include attendance, participation in class discussions (including leadership of one discussion), daily meditation, five brief quizzes, a journal, and a concluding essay. Fee: $2,795 includes all air and surface travel, hotel and monastic accommodations, breakfast daily, one lunch, twelve dinners, 7-day Travelcard for London, and touring as indicated. For more information contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 'Note: This course does not meet a Christian Faith Perspective REL 345-A Instructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over 450 years, and its cultural influence. Representative figures to be studied include Luther, Bach, and Bonhoeffer. There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 213 ~ S S U E S IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION REL 374-A Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between sci- ence and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the re-evaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisite: One Christian Faith course and junior or senior standing Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIAN FAITH REL 385-A Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb, Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups, and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades will be based on the paper (10-15 pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 S WK 257-A Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution which students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 11 ECUADOR: GALAPAGOS, RAINFOREST HIGHLANDS - A JOURNEY IN HOLISTIC HEALTH AND ECOLOGY AND (UMAI E COURSE) SWK 315-A Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito. Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who live there. Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical analysis related to course content, a reflection essay paper, attendance, and group participation. The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners, Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as, indicated. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155. Prerequisite: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 S WK 466-A (full course) S WK 466-B (0.5 course) Instructor: Glenda Rooney This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120 hours (0.5 course option during Interim). Responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Supportive weekly seminar. Students enrolled will be evaluated by a series of mini-papers in which they are expected to integrate the field experience with the course content; the site supervisor for the field experience. Tentative grading is 50 percent for each component of the course. Prerequisite: Candidacy status Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 101 HUMANCOMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS SOC 21 1-A Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal A ~ t sPerspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 21 SPC 347-A Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view several documentary films in class and will work in groups to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be required for editing. Grading will be based upon the video project, the journal, the final exam and class attendance. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 175 The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-K Instructor: Wayne Niles This class is designed to instruct students in the basic techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet. Based on and taught by experienced instructors in the art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. Mondays. Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-G Instructor: A1 Kloppen Practice and playing of golf. Grading: P/N only Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 12:OO - 1:00 p.m., M,TW;Th, F Room: West side of Air Structure HPE 002-F Instructor: Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of Ultimate Frisbee. Grading: P / N only Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO. - 1:00 p.m., M, 7;W;Th, F Room: East side of Air Structure UMAI E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 20,1995. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient Italy: City, Town, and Country Life Art, Architecture, and Arias: The History of Central Europe Art Treasures of Paris, Florence, Rome and Amsterdam British Isles: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites Communism to Capitalism: People, Places, and Geography in the Baltic States Costa Rica: Environment and Economics Ecuador: Galapagos, Rainforest, and Highlands A Journey in Holistic Health and Ecology England: Literary Ventures by Train The English School and Family Europe and the Rise of Modern Science The European Economic Union: Boundaries and Impact Greek Odyssey: Art and Architecture of Anci ent Greece Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings UMAIE - Hawaii2 Religious Experience: Migrants, Multiculturalism, and Religion Irish Culture, Irish Drama Japan: Land of the Rising Sun Law in London Meeting People Needs: The Swedish Model Mystics, Monks, and Mentors: Exploring Christian Spiritualities in Ireland and Britain Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs Readings of the Bible Sounds and Sights of Europe Theatre In and Around London These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Full descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in the Interim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the ~ i n n e s o t a - ~ a n a d i a n border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1995
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ...................................
Show more Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ........................................................................... 5 Visiting Students ..................................-...................... 6 Interim Courses .............................................................. 7 UMAlE Courses ............................................................. 47 Other Courses .............................................................. 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ,. ....,.,, .. .".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i.. 50 Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. For any student entering after January 1993 a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 credits required may be taken by students who repeat a credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course credits in Weekend College. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025 November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins -c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due February 3 ..........+........... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: - Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. Introduction The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings. Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental require ments and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses. Introduction ART 106-A Calligraphy 11 ART 306-A lnstructoc Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete master sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 ART 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 7 7 Art I ART 290-A Instructor: Steve Chapman Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize students with American Indians and their art. American Indian art is examined through regional areas in North America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture, video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research and design an object of art from an American Indian perspective during the studio time after the lecture presentation of course materials in each tribal area. A result of this course should be to help establish a better understanding of American Indians and their perspectives, and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students. Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 17 BIO 185-A Instructor: Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A BUS 495-A lnstructoc Amin Kader This course is designed to demonstrate how economic factors, management decisions, and accounting methods affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will work in groups, each group competing with the others. Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the market value of the company's stock. Evaluation will be based on an examination and each group's performance in competing with the other groups. Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 BUS 295-8 Instructor: john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for Business starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 368-A Instructor Steve LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Students who cannot attend the entire first week of classes should not enroll for this course. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Business 1 BUS 49.54 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp The primary objective of this course is to enhance the student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be discussed. The theoretical framework for international trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the European Union, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined. Students will be evaluated based on their research paper and final examination. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: I S Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHM 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 7 5 INTRODUCTION TOCOBOL CSC 27 7 -A Instructoc Noel Petit A study of the COBOL programming language for . Computer Science I students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 ECO 4 95-A lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh A comparison of the United States system and other countries' national health care systems. What are some of the alternative models for both organization and delivery of health care services? The class will focus on the models used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians, nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect health systems have on overall health outcomes. The advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments, short papers, and exams. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Foss 2 0 Economics ECO 495-6 lnstructoc Satya Gupta In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a respectable place in the financial system of the United States. More and more commercial banks are entering into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of employers are leaving it to their employees to manage their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In such a changing climate it is important that our students are educated to make informed decisions about their retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and benefits. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDâ¬ 375-A lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: PPS T Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A Instructor: Mildred Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays) Room: Music 23 EDU 491-A lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork supen/ision for the faculty member.) Time: I Room: Library 4 ENC 282-A Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence, justice, and love - through classical and contemporary literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to think about your character and its development, to enable you to ask about the relation between character and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by considering possible tensions between the virtues, as found in life situations. The course is built around the question of values, in particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and see how they play out in life situations, both in literature and (through the journals) in students' lives. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 ENC 282-B/482-B lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin Although generally relegated to separate sections in bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R. Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art, indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when achieved) the most potent." This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy, looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance, "The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or "Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis, Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be asked to write several short papers. In addition to writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of a writer with whom they already are familiar. Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended); 482 - ENC 245 required Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 FRE 111-A lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I/ Room: Old Main 23 French FRE 243-A Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in their literary works? What can we discover about ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read, analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais, a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class. Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on individual and group response to the many activities in the course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries will enable you to undertake successfully your independent study project and further enrich the whole class. This literature course for the non-literature major is intended to help you in further free reading, in your critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica- French tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your own, including non-Western ones. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 HPE 1 16-A lnstructoc Richard Borstad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24) HPE 232-A lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5, 7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24) Health and Physical Education HPE 250-A lnstructoc Lisa Broek Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries, and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 (lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995) HPE 455-A Instructor: loyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports HPE 470-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball I Health and Physical Education I (Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 475-A lnstructor: Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 477-A lnstructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Health and Physical Education I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marilyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) HPE 487-A Instructor /eff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron I I HIS 244-A lnstructoc Bill Green Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil rights to one racial minority but not to other racial minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These questions, and others, will be addressed in this course. Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test. Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: THECML WARERA HIS 33 1-A lnstructoc Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free History labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final. Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HIS 495-A Instructor: Don Gustafson The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical training in dealing with some of the philosophical questions of the discipline of history, to develop and expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations. Prerequisites: Senior History Major Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 HON 40 1 -A lnstructoc Larry Crockett The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern North American soil. Next, we will consider Native American influences which came to be ingredients in this transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and charismatic movements which have become important in recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico. ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300 Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico; 3) final paper. Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor, preference to seniors Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 INS 21 1-A Instructor loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 3 1 9 Interdisciplinary INS 298-A Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your own experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the valuable experience you need for the future you want. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to give you first-hand experience in working with professionals and making connections between your experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to increase your ability to learn about organizations, the community, and yourself from your own experiences. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his or her interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, completion of learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and seminar participation. The course is offered on a P/N basis only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement secured by lanuary 3, 7 995. Distribution: Urban Concerns Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.) Room: MP 10 1 Interdisciplinary LIN 290-A Instructor: Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 1 MIS 376-A lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and linguistics/Management Information Sptemr I team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 1 MAT 173-A lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 7 3 MAT 253-A lnstructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification I used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in threedimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science I I2 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MUS I 79-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of England and continental Europe, particularly such cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course Music - - related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE 1951-1971 MUS 204-A Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 NOR 1 I I-A lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 PHI 295-A lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are no requirements for the course, but one prior course in philosophy would be helpful. Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Science 3 0 PHY 325-A lnstructoc Mark Engebretson From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture of recording tape and computer chips, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams. Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 0 POL 140-A Instructor Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Political Science AND PUBLIC POLICY POL 220-A POL 320-A lnstructoc William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American plitical system upon public policy making in the United Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx. sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light tion available of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system. Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems. 'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and class participation will detcnnine final grades. Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r on a policy issue of their choice covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 a POL 268-A POL 468-A lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten In these classes we will investigate the major political issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East countries today. We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social values and provided a reservoir for political protest in the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/ Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider the prospects for improved human rights and democratic participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown. Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a variety of specialized country studies. Each student will prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic requirements in their presentations and essays. Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 POL 342-A lnstructoc Peter Przytula Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 PSY 105-A lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11 Room: Murphy Place I I I PSY 340-A lnstructoc Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will Psychology include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and four or five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Maximum Enrollment: 1 6 Time: I Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. As background for the course, students are required to read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early October. An additional text will be required and library Psychology 1 reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05 Maximum Enrollment: I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Religion REL 3 4 1-A lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes, and one test. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: /I Room: Old Main 16 REL 343-A lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used Religion I to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 . Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 386-A lnstructoc Bev Stratton How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This course addresses these and other questions by exploring how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 S WK 23 0-A lnstructoc Vincent Peters This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive course of study and travel that offers a transnational perspective of non-violent social change and development. It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society. The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi, Center for Global Education at 330-1655. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a services agency or institution which students select. The placement must be approved by course Social Work I faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7 SWK 3 1 5 - A Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas This course will focus on health care, environmental concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and JOCIOI Work practices concerning health and population matters within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic and current worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in the USA. Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination. Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, and five group dinners. This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus. Prerequisites: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 SWK 466-A (full course) S WK 466-6 (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30 hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1 Social Work I SPA 2 4 8 - A Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these authors, the course advances in two directions: A "horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration - explored in each film, and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films included in it. The films are in Spanish with English subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short term paper. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 SPC 3 2 9 - A lnstructoc David Lapakko This course explores both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Western cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross- Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre [ SOC 27 7-A lnstructoc Cordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each member of the class does on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a requirement of the course. Class participation and a final examination will also be basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Music 2 3 SOC 265-A Instructoc lerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 9 Sociology cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how these principles relate to particular cultural groups. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 SPC 347-A lnstructoc Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be required for editing. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 175 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern Europe and Bavaria Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace English School and Family: Focus on Literacy Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna, Munich, and Berlin The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational Settings Heroes and Masterpieces 2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and Culture in Germany Ireland: Inside and Outside From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and Greece Law in London Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Europe Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa Sounds and Sights of Europe South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Women in Development: An African lnquiy These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. OUTWARD BOUND HPE 2 12-A Check for information in the Interim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Academic Seminars POL 3 98-A GLOBAL VILLAGE: WORLD POLITICS AND ECONOMICS (JANUARY 2- 14, 1995) POL 398-8 Other Courses I POL 398-C The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program in order to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall #I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office. The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-K lnstructoc Wayne Niles This class is designed to instruct students in the basic techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet. Other Courses/Lifetime Sports I Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F, Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A (Section A) lnstructor: Ed Saugestad Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.) Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-6 (Section 6) Instructor: Ed Saugestad Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.) Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +â-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ .................
Show more ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ ................................................................5 ................................................................-6 ................................................................39 .................................................................40 lntroductlon Calendar About Thls Catalog optlons . . . . . . Vlsltlng Students lnterlm Courses UMAlE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Ufetlme Sports ...............................................42 Contents Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025. October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration t Day of Interim January 4 ............................................. Class 1990 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00p.m. Last Day for CancellAdd January 5 . Last Day for Determining Grading System ........... January 15 with Registrar January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses A Ends January 27 .................... February 1................... S P M Semester Begins February 5 .............................................. Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog. Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the Introduction I direded/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. I Introduction 1 Alt 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class. Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics Maxlmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 17 610 102-A lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2 Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 105-A Instructor Esther McLaughlln This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/ Mlnorlty General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BUS 22GA Instructor: Stuart Sfoller Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e view these financial statements to approve all loans. The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors with the basics to: record business transactions, understand and use financial statements and communicate effectively with financial institutions. Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a final. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 10 BUS 30 1-A Instructor Mllo Schleld An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of a market-based economy. The course has three components: a review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts), an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of market failures, their causes and their remedies. Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can analyze, defend, and attack the arguments. Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status or Instructor's permlsslon General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 BUS 368-A Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em- ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 INTRODUCTION TO COBOL CSC 27 1-A Instructoc Noel Petlt A study of the COBOL programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Madmum Enrollment:20 rime: I Room: Foss 42 Computer Science ECO 112-A lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy- sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science General Education Perspectlve: Maximum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Fos 43 ECO 1 13-A lnstructoc Ed Sabella An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house- hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd Maximum Enrollment: 25 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 29 ECO 495-A Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy - and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare, technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an interdisciplinary manner. Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal take-home research essay. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor Madrnum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Foss 43 EDE 375A Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization, research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and examlnatlon. Thk; Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 nme: I Room: Ubrary 1 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Madmum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Ubrary 12 EDU 388-A lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to Education Dept. In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Llbrary 1 ENG 2 19-A Instructor: John Schrnlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy General Education Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 249-A Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for the local productions. I Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course. Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly recommended. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech General Education Perspective:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 ENG 282-A ENG 482-A Instructor: John Mltchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo- rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling for upper dlvlslon credlt Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 21 English I ENG 282-8 Instructor Joan GrlftYn An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic contributions to medieval civilization. Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams. Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 42 THEATREINAND AROUND LONDON ENG 269-A InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances and four group dinners. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 30 FRE 243-A lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project, and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of lnst~ctor Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 27 GER 2 B A lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013 Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor Madmum Enrollment: 15 nme: I Room: Foss 2 1B HPE 232-A Instructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 HPE 475A Instructor:Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e sources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequlslte:BIO 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 477-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby l l l HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marllyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. Thls Is a one-half credlt course. Time:1 I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby l l l neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl UPâ¬48 I-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPâ¬47CFA Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball (Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. Thk Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPE 487-A lnstructoc Jeff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Time:1 I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 203 HIS 22GA HIS 32GA Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements for upper level. History Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Old Maln 13 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 I-A lnstructoc Chris Mmball Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of Instructor Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: I Room: Old Maln 29 I History INS 12GA lnstructoc Ann neener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars, reflective writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation. Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 210A lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 lime: I Room: Muslc 23 Interdisciplinary INS 225A I n s ~ c t o rAmln : Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time:1 I Room: Foa 20 INS 245-A lnstructoc Dlane Budco Women assume multiple roles within the work and family domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly, they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting types of behavior. The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will read several books related to women's roles in the work and family domains. The assessment of this component of the course is based on written responses to questions assigned for small group discussion. A second component of the course is a group project on the work and family roles of women. The assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects include an historical overview of the work and family roles of women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women. Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Maln 10 INS 275A Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and daily life. The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a paper. Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Interdisciplinary MAT 173-A lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes. This course should be usehl for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields. Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:20 Vine: I1 Room: Old Maln 16 MAT 253-A Insfructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the explorationof this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Science 1 12 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nlcholas Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For Music non-music majors. Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc Mcudmum Enrollment: 30 77me: I Room: Choral Room M-2 MUS 129 Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or the Instructor's pemlsslon. Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 394-A Instructor Cynthla Lohman "How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers. To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can directly empower their performing, this course focuses on exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression. Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro- cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre. Students will participate in the course through study and re hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes. Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or audlllon. Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room) NOR 1 I 1-A Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 175A lnstructoc Davld Apollonl We will begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles -Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty Madmum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 16 PHI 2 W A Instructor Mark Fuehrer This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm. Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student discussion will also be a factor. Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: 1 Room: Old Maln 22 mrrosopny PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Maximum Enrollment:20 7ime: I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 325A Instructor Stuart Anderson From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent), MAT 124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245). Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 30 POL 359-A Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values, and customs. Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions supporting the old regime, including the family and religion. Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective situations contradicted the policy in both cases. Students will be expected to read several books, plus some articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng wM FSU or number of Department Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 I Room: Muslc 24 PSY IOSA lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab reports, computer exercises, and class participation. Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology Madmum Enrollment:20 nine: 1 I Room: Murphy Place I PSY 20 1 -A lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and illness prevention and treatment. Prerequlslte: PSY 105 MaAmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 23 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of Instructor Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345A lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1 Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth Maxlmum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Old Maln I8 REL 366-A lnstructoc Brad Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Music 23 REL 445 lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be used toward graduation rellgion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Main I I SWK315A Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness modem health delivery and folk practices and different health conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers. SOC 23 1-A Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod The human family is examined as a social system within alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are seen within their cultural and institutional contexts. Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 13 SOC 265-A Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human groups who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular cultural group other than their own. This observation will become the basis for a class presentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class p r e sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban General Education Perspective: intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Fos 20 socrorogy I BEGINNINGSPANISHI SPA I1 1-A Instructoc GabfielaSweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 11 Madmum Enrollment:25 nme: 1 I Room: Old Maln 25 SPC 226-A lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson This course will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced. Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one final reflective paper. The class is designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre SPC 32 1-A lnstructoc James Hayes This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students will be required to enter three different forensics events at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b SPC 495-A Instructor: Anne Holmquest The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to the question: what causes conflict in communication and how should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods. e q wreading (onebook and Students will be evaluated on r articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally Speech, Communication & Theatre I will be asked to give an oral report on research. Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I/ Room: Foss 43 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World Vlew The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural Diversity Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawall Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and Services Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and Denmark Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland Ecuador Geography of the Baltic States A Greek Odyssey Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational Settings The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland International Business and Culture in a European Environment Law In London Uteraw Ireland Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of Europe In Search of the Anclent Romans South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United Kingdom Theatre In and Around London Thls Is New Zealand 2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In the Intertm Offlce. HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Total payment is due October 31,1992. Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247. Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk HPE 2 12-A Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A Information on either of the above programs, housing, and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom, Memorial 117A, 330-1197. Other Courses lrls @ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ....~................... ....,.,.,.. .. . ....... .......44 ..........................................................5 .............................................................34 .................................................................35 ............................................36 Introduction Calendar About this Catalog Options Visiting Students Augsburg Courses UMAIE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Lifetime Sports Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). For More Information Interim Office Memorial 230) Interim*tary, Kay Thoat =lo25 Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b) It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Calendar 1990 .............................................................Interim Registration ........................................................................... Late Interim Registration ......................................................................................... First Day of Interim October 29 -November 2 December 3 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. ........+..C..H...U .....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd ...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 3 January 16 January 18 January 30 February 4 ..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses .................................................................................................... Interim Ends ................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 . Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $708 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses The Florida Keys: Marine Biology of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental sections of this catalog (Biology and English.) The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Marine Biology of The Florida Keys BIO 140-41048; 340-41049 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Distribution: BiologyIChemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Molds, Mushrooms and Humans BIO 141-41047 Instructor: Esther McLaughlin The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips. Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-41001 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg 'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis in-ted in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living. Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room Science 315 A Labaatory Intro&m to Chemisty <31M113.41002 Instructar: JoanKunz Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to &anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work, tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw murse. Distributiom Biology/Chemistry Time:I Room Science 315 COBOL CSC 27141003 Instructo~:LanyRagland A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the progaming assignments and examinations. Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170) Time:I Room: Science 112 Puinciples of Miaaeconornics ECO 1l%4100Q Instrudo~Satva Guvta ~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time:I Room: Library 1 C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim y Betzueen East and West ECO 319-41037 Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained, including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam (takehome),and a paper. Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro) Time: I Room: Old Main 21 EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~ and Orgm'mtbns ECO 31%41038 Instrudac Milo Schield Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~ Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State). Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic ImperMsm". Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning. I quizzes,paper and final. Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO). Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science, Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor. Time: I1 Room: Science319 For more Economics listings, see Page 36 Human Relations EDS 38841050 Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 10 Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten EDE 37541005 Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill: A. Stms key adult/child relationships. B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby current mearchand practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - '%ow to learn". E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans. ER mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices. H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakem and field trips. Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to iden* 1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten 2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit COum. Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess. Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 wtiw o f t h r n w q s ENG 13641051 Instructo~JohnMitchell This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment co-(E itself will involve an interdisciplina~~ program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50 writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams, Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams; and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture, and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men? tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12 pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting. This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of this catalog (Biology and English) The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) , lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01 Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I Room: Old Main l2 The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm 1 I mG~1007/MW10a) Instructoc Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered ,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel. Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a finalscam Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and p~epw a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it. All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel& original fiction from theclass. Prerrquisite: Effective Writing Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech Time: I Room: Music 22 Speech Communi*: W m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their VioftheEnglishLanpge ENG ZL9-4l057 Instructm JohnSchmit 'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and, conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units. 'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the c u m l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst. 'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p . Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies Time: II Room: Old Main 27 ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l ENG 24941009 Instructm Douglas Gram Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-41042 Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half medit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supemision of the School Health Program HPE 410-41043 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m ) Time: I Room: Murphy Place2 CoachingofBasketbaZ1 HPE 477-41090 Instruchm Brian Ammann ?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-. Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation Thisisa &f cradit catrse. Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays Room: Melby 111 Coachingof Volleyball HPE 48341054 Instructo~:Marilyn Florian This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course. Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE---- 41041 Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Si Melby 202 The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed HIS 33841056 1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and fordp @icy. We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party, Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington. These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study. Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material. Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor Time: I Room Old Main l3 The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course. Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe INS 191-41011 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part of the class work. Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking About What You Read I N S 120-41055 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and about the Paidcia Program. Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part, on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From "%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential Schools, Brown University.) Time: I Room: Science 319 Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India I N S 241-41053 Instructor: Vincent Peters Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor," "East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context of an emerging nation. South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles. Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue, homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view greatly challenged and enhanced. We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with the colorful celebration of Republic Day. There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests. The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation, accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. W m k LifeTransitions INS24541010 Instructar: Diane Busico Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others? ?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18 on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles. Distribution: Women's Studies Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages LIN 3124UlZ Instrue. Donald Steinmek ?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history. Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese, Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l , Sardinian,Rom,and others. This coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&. Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French, Slavic for Romanian, etc. 'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof SpanishandFd By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the factos which account for the diffenmm. Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final examination Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse Time:I Room Old Main 22 Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math MAT 1324013 I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do& Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you like to irrgroveyour math SHS, be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you. In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ . Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests. Time 11 Room Science212 Ma& ofbrterest MAT 173-41014 Instrum Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for annuities and &ved lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan s men? Or why women have paid less than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d . 'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes. Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics Time I Room Science 212 Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview MUS ll(F41017 Instntctor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Electronic Music Composition MUS 23&41063/430-41015 Instructor: Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants will be involved in: 1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Beginning Nonoegian I NOR 111-41018 Instructor: Frankil Shackelford Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 25 What Do You Think Of That? PHI 250-41019 Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly. Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?". Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and class discussions. Distribution: History/Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-41020 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 26. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: MathematicsRhysics Time: I Room: Science 28 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-41021 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor Time: I Room: Science 205 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 15141022 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math level lII Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 Understanding the Middle East Through Literature POL 241-41062 Instructor: Renee Taft Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar, students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Music 23 Alternative Politics PoLW1058 Instructm RandallKindley 'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and ~ m tmovanenk s that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad. 'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist, anti- nuclear, religious and anti-tion p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the 21st Century be based on these new political cleavages? In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action? How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded, shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to come? Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on class participation, a termpaper and a final exam h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor. Time:I1 Room Murphy Place 3 TheLegalRights oftheAm& Employee and E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve POL 37641099 Instruclor. Phil Fishman This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-. Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination. h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics. Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber. Room Old Main 16 Psychobgy ofthe Legal System PSY 3354024 Nancy Steblay l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision Instru- Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice, ethics and victimization. Guest-1 will include members of the legal and psychological communities. Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible for contributionto classmomdiscussion. Prerequisites: a general psychology course Time: 11 Room: Old Main16 The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols PSY 340-41023 Instntdotr Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 3704025 Instructor: Duane E.Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class session is requhd. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required. Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 23 The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation REL 445 41006 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 11 The Theology of Mm'age REL,34341026 Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the 1 I I heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian tea*, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the family. discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be Thew willbe,-l based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room Music 24 Biblical T & i Then andNow REL4354060 Instructor:~~-en An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries, including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians. Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text. Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams. Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward graduationrequirements.) Time: II Room Old Main 23 A t m , God and Money: How SciencP, Religion a n d E c m i c s M k REL 43641061 Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another. Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants will work as teams to construct Space Colonies. Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the course for credit. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 25741027 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991) SWK 34611028 Instructor: Rosemary Link Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections, family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of International Programs. Field Work LU S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse) S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course) Instrudar: Francine Chakoli Course content w i l lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II) Time: To be arranged Principles of Sociology (with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn) SOC 121-41031 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading illbe given. assignments. Three exams w Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: II Room Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-41032 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding. The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room Old Main 18 Beginning Spmdsh SPA 1114(B3 Instructo~Staff Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam Distribution: ForeignZanguage Time: I Room Old Main 29 Evaluating Continental Literatrwe SPA 250-41034 ~ I ' I S Gu* ~ ~ E ROZ4?tlt& The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems. Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time:I Room: Old Main27 Documentary Video SPC 347-41035 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar Theater Crafts SPC 495-41036 Instructor: Michael Burden Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented. Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show. Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or permission of instructor. Time: I1 Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan Archaeology in Yugoslavia Art in France and Italy Australia's Business Climate The British School and Family The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan E m t in Transition Europe and the Rise of Modern Science -- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland Modern European Business and Worklife Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y) Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland Translating All That Business About lapan * These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991) HPE 455-41039 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health and Physical Education department. Total payment is due October 31,1990. Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit). Outward Bound HPE 21241067 Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period. l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has n some scholarshipsavailable). LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu POL39841065 Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld POL 39841066 These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this as(orn w l n r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme. class as&I American Karate HPE 002-41045 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 120&1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-41044 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Hisotry of Economic Thought ECO 219-41406 Instructor: Richard Herzog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV . Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 NEW COU'RSE A I S 290-41069 ART 290-41068 S. Chapman TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y , mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1 produce art work such ar weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department. Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this Proposal. Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included. Distribution: Fine A r t s HPE 271-41070 Time: X I Room: OFFICIATING FOOTBALL I. ~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League. 2. Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total aducational prrrcess. Cmtenr: OM4 Will k based an the rules mb -its set f0M the national Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota State High Schcvl League. Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9- situations Evaluation: Written tcst - T h i s i s a one-half credit course. H I S 140-41964 EAST EUROPE Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri. UNDER THE HAPSBURGS - Room: S i Melby R.D. Zehnder the East C e n ~ d f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent ~nditzon of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t thc Balkans w i t h eye .to fallowin; c ~ z t n events t in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q an ricotic but &- He w i l l lccir a t vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-, Hati-, always as t h vsi+'-q ~ t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s, H z w l m n , and . &-B 3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of s f mt&e .. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud. W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e ma<*= is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th. Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#. Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy Time: I 1 Room: OM13 J, Shackel ford - -- -- - - - - - ~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim ~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton; ~ d l u r=forn l d the discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ; -cgenm of a*pcrirntal e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n for t h e &act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require l er aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u Â¶ s we rill d b p c l proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr. ~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia. Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl & r , Prerequisite: 3 History course m l m t l m u11l k plpcr. Time: ? I Room: OM13 MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE Zheng The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn, hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc), Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121. Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1 Distribution: I N S 401-41071 Time: I1 Room: 5212 Math/Physics THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR: & THE WILDERNESS THE GARDEN 3. G r i f f i n This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re, but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities. The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves. Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT INTERNSHIPS: Time: I Room: FC 42 For information on January Interim internships please contact the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14. OTHER CHANGES: HPE 232 REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F Cancelled courses: HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED MAT 132, MATH AND ITS APPLICATIONS INTERIM
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting S...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting Students .......................4 .....................5 UMAIE Courses .......................48 Other Courses ...........................49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50 Augsburg Courses Introduction t o Interim I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~ Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1990 ...............................Interim Registration .............................................Late Interim Registration ............................................................ s t Day of Interim October 30 - November 3 December 4 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 la0 p.m. January 3 January 16 ....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd .............................. Last Day for Determining Grading System with Regisbar January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 .................................................................. I nt i Ends ....................... ................................................... Validation of Spring Class Registration January 30 January 31 Spring Semester Begins Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m. About This Catalog Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the Catalog. Options International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the 23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog. Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately 4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education office. Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and Creative Writing Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John Mitchell This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar, taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem, taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt. The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will be given. The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be approximately $1200. Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida Keys ART 116-40011 Instructor: Phil Thompson An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of coastal landscapes. Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and paintings along with participation and artistic growth factors. Students will be required to provide their own drawing and painting materials. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 4 W Life Drawing ART 247-40001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Biology Plants and Civilization BIO 102-40002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost every area of our society. Historically they have influenced world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our social history. We will take a look at an array of topics ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and thc influence that plants played in each incident. Grades will be based on examinations. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-40003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio, rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will begin with a short history of some major discoveries on viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will also look at the ways in which the body defends itself against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies BIO 14040049;340-40050 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory. A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips and conduct specialized classes. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the first week. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper. The course will have an interdisciplinary component with students interacting with students from John Mitchell's writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with each student completing a project related to one of the other disciplines. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a final examination and a paper on a selected topic related to marine biology. Upper division students will do a special research project. Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Time: I Room: Science 212 Business Entrepreneurship BUS 295-40079 Instructor: John Cerrito Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is s to provide students who are not majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 Chemistry A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry CHM 113-40005 Instructor: Earl Alton Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change, solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry ~~ using thc laboratory as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro- d duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected. Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and an exam at the end of the course. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 322 P H High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics CHM 325-40004 Instructor: Joan Kunz High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high technologies," including advances in experimental science in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum technologies lags far behind their development. This course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Computer Science H Fortran CSC 270-40012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students wi th some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 112 Economics Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-40006 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience Time: I Room: Library 1 Histo y of Economic Thought ECO 219-40013 Instructor: Richard Hemog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context of the political, economic, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV. Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Business, Government and Society: Economic Analysis of the Legal Foundations of Business ECO 319-40007 Instructor: Milo Schield Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children, divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient legal remedy an unjust solution?). Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law; Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy. Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning. Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final. Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and participation (15%). Audience: Students interested in the relation between business, government and society (specifically those interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy). Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy, Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Contemporay Economic Relations Between East and West ECO 319-40010 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic cooperation between countries with different political and economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share an understanding of cconomic relations at the national Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics to their own domestic and international affairs. Using comparative means, institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and clxplaincd i~~cluding rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics. Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternatives in the 1980s. There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and a research paper. Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro) Time: I Room: Foss Mini-Seminar H Economic Research Methods: Theory and Application ECO 495-40008 Instructor: Ed Sabella The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical linear re ression model will be presented along with methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions. Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components and the Bayesian approach will be examined. It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic understanding of the techniques of statistical inference. Results will be generally presented without proof, with reliance placed on intuitive justification. Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final. Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Science 213 d' 7 Education International Education EDS 3534054 Instructor: Rich Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course. Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-40015 Instructor: John Bowlis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375-40016 Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships. B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and practices in cducation settings. C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships. D. Strcss process-"how to learn". E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc studcnt will bc ablc to identify: c 1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn. Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn 2. education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs. 3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum: ~ a n g u a g Arts e EDE 387-40014 Instructor: Vicki Olson This course will involve an examination and pre aration of materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary School and will involve classroom work with children. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265 Time: I Room: Library 4 E Human Relations EDS 388-40017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations. This is a one-hafi credit couise. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022 EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023 EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024 EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the Florida Keys ENG 234-40031; 345-40033 Instructor: John Mitchell The purpose of this course is to introduce students to creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound. The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems. Students who take the course for upper division credit will be required to do additional reading and to make oral reports to the class based on this reading. Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper division credit, one college course in creative writing. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 12 Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in English (1975-present) ENG 249-40026 Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad. For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson related topics and attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Five College Fiction Writing Workshops ENG 362-40027 Instructor: Julie Schumacher Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy, enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their own--and to other students'-work. Students will write 25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of the class time will be spent on discussions of student fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences with the instructor will be an integral part of the class. Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is mandatory. Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper Midwest Writers ENG 364-40080 Instructor: Ron Palosaari Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses. We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of modem American literature. Each student will write two papers, each on a different author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation. Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class. Prerequisites: One college level American literahue course or two other college literature classes. Time: I Room: Old Main 12 French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-40030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its power, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in English. We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures and study guides will help attentive reading of the works and developing your communication and critical skills. Evaluation will include your progress in group work and discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading, writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study. We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Distribution: Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 25 General Studies Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST:245-40009 Instructor: Diane Busico Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr, and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and a rcsctlrch project. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Health and Physical Education M Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 23240032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 W Sailing in the Virgin Islands .IL I HPE 455-40034 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff .Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan active crew member. Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. + I l Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N grading only. The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports History Women in Refonn in Modem America HIS 225-40042 Instructor: John Jenswold "Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the interaction of women with reform movements in an effort to discover how women influenced major reform efforts and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of women in an industrializing and urbanizing society. Our investigation will include several books, primarily biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform, political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni. Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by lectures on larger historical issues. Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams, and class participation. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 H The Japanese-American Experience: Relocation and Redress HIS 240-40028; 340-40029 Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored. Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings. Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division Time: I Room: Old Main 13 History of Ancient Israel HIS 363-40038 Instructor: Richard Nelson The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of western culture because of its unique religiousexperience. This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We will begin with a consideration of the cultures which prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity. Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations, and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading. Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Music 22 The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst b u rYear ~ Experience (FYE) Program is a special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in France, 1650-1900 INS 190-40035 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the college and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the various art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes on material covered. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Prerequisite: Freshman status Distribution: Fine Arts Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11, but students will be expected to attend alimited number of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends) as a part of the class work. Room: Music-Sateren Interdisciplina 2 Appropriate Technology II Economics, The nvironment and INS 218-40043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 An Introduction t o Islam INS 225-40045 Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. A paper and at least one examination will be required. Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 1 Augsburg Goes To Business INS 321-40055 Instructor: Tina Wagner This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations, and the varied environments in which they must operate. The objectives of the class are: 1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm. 2. to develop and explore personal and career goals, and how a "fit" is established between an individual and an organization. 3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture, discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six different types of organizations in the metropolitan area including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor. Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 3 H Finite Mathematics MAT 121-40044 Instructor: Suzanne Doree A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Math and its Applications: Succeed With Math MAT 132-40046 Instructor: Bev Stratton Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics? Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions, this course is for you. The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project. Prerequisite: Placement Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Cognizers MAT 235-40075 Instructor: Larry Copes The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts to get computers to do the same. We shall study the contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session examinations and a full-session final. Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy, computer programming or anatomylphysiology. Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Modern Geometry MAT 351-40036 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof. Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125 Time: I Room: Science 319 Music Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-40047 I Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid, West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Philosophy The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die PHI 146-40053 Instructor: David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-40037 Instructor: Ken Bailey Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict? Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? What does science have to say about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science? These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and a study project. Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one course in a natural science Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Physics II Introduction to Weather r..lL .? - -. I -\- I I PHY 106-40052 .-, Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology (study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy t l ~ Mathematics-Physics c distribution requirement for the liberal arts srudcnt. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27, Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 28 4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics PHY 325-40039 Instructor: Mark Engehretson High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^ rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter controllers and compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-40058 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively in business for years. However it is also possible to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary motion and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math Level I11 Time: I Room: Science 30 Political Science Social Justice in America POL 140-40059 Instructor: Andy Aoki Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most important public policy debates involve questions of social justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one must have some conception of social justice. In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast, including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security, environmental protection, and military service. The majority of class time will be spent in discussions. Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an interest in public issues is important. Requirements will consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final exam. Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better understanding of some of the most difficult problems of our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to deal with those problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Politics in Scandinavia POL 250-40040 Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the political systemsand important current policy issuesin the Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model. There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures, seminars and group discussions. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-40041 Instructor: Phillip E Fishman The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Room: Old Main 16 Political and Cultural Diversity in the USSR and Eastern Europe POL 459-40073 Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright The course which begins in January and continues for 14 weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the political, cultural and national forces which both divide and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the course in January. No exemptions will be granted. Students may also register for this course as a spring term course and so take another interim course. Prerequisites: One course in political science or history dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission of instructor. Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through March) Room: Science 315 Psychology The Self Symbols as~ e v e a l e din Myths and PSY 340-40061 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche logical transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequisite: General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Psychology of the Legal System PSY 335-40056 Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making. Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom discussion. Prerequisites: A general psychology course Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 1 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-40074 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development. Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Religion Eastern Orthodoxy REL 420-40062 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide presentation on January 17 are also required. Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-40057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and cultural influcncc during 450 years of history. One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text will give us an insight into the global organization and broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text will give us an over-view of the history of this church. Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome brief written assignments. Students will be expected to be present the first day of class and to purchase all required materials on that day in class for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 f The Other Side o Paradise: Tourism, The Mi i t a y and Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii [q "G' REL 251-40063;349-40067 Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class. Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but this one will be distinctive. Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii "works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning experience from a Christian ethical point of view. First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise. Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War 11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues to have significant implications for both the people and ecosystems of Hawaii. Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans, Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated. The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several tourist-level hotels. Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology* The Theology of Marriage REL 343-40070 Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, and an examination. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 C J q t'b West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I i REL 241-40072 I! L d Instructor: Brad Holt Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will focus on meeting African people, observing their religious rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths, different levels of education, in different climates. After visiting the collections of African art in London, we will journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A. First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches. We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue with Nigerian professors and students. At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua Achebe. We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in Africa. Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light, and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short tests will be given. Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder, Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story. The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria. Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street. This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only. Social Work Exploring Human Semices SWK 257-40060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-40051 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Field Work III SWK 46640065 (full course) SWK 466-40064 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: To be arranged Sociology IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on the Health Care System) SOC 121-40071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-40066 Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Spanish Beginning Spanish SPA 111-40048 Instructor: Mary Kingsley Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Speech- Communication Movement for the Theatre SPC 226-40068 Instntctor: Martha Johnson In this course students will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced. Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations. The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc. Time: JJ Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre Documentary Video SPC 347-40069 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary Video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20 lab fee. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar W W E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE W N W W W W W W W W AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE HAPSBURG HERITAGE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS THE BRITISH THEATRE CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE FRANCE AND THE FRENCH THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND DAKAR GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH, SALZBURG AND VIENNA INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME LAW INLONDON MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE GORBACHEV ERA VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN ITALY WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-40078 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda P O L 398-40076 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles P O L 398-40077 These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January 20. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-40081 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-40082 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Badminton HPE 00240083 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby
Show less